#
1.179 |
|
27-Jul-2024 |
christos |
PR/58465: copypu: add wpa_supplicant.conf as optional
|
Revision tags: perseant-exfatfs-base-20240630 perseant-exfatfs-base
|
#
1.178 |
|
02-Sep-2023 |
riastradh |
etc/mtree/special: Fix spaces/tabs.
No functional change intended.
|
#
1.177 |
|
30-Aug-2023 |
martin |
Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also list /etc/openssl.
|
#
1.176 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
riastradh |
certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
|
#
1.175 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
nia |
branches: 1.175.2; build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.178 |
|
02-Sep-2023 |
riastradh |
etc/mtree/special: Fix spaces/tabs.
No functional change intended.
|
#
1.177 |
|
30-Aug-2023 |
martin |
Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also list /etc/openssl.
|
#
1.176 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
riastradh |
certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
|
#
1.175 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
nia |
branches: 1.175.2; build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.177 |
|
30-Aug-2023 |
martin |
Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also list /etc/openssl.
|
#
1.176 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
riastradh |
certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
|
#
1.175 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
nia |
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.176 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
riastradh |
certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
|
#
1.175 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
nia |
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.175 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
nia |
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.174 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server, useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.
|
#
1.173 |
|
25-May-2022 |
nia |
mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.172 |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
simonb |
Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .
|
Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.171 |
|
26-Feb-2021 |
jakllsch |
Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
branches: 1.167.2; Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.170 |
|
28-Jun-2020 |
kim |
Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.169 |
|
15-Jun-2020 |
christos |
Rename blacklist -> blocklist
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.168 |
|
31-May-2020 |
roy |
dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.160.4; sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.167 |
|
11-May-2019 |
maxv |
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.166 |
|
04-May-2019 |
mrg |
capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.165 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
christos |
For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership. Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
|
#
1.164 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
maxv |
Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now. ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
|
#
1.163 |
|
29-Jun-2018 |
roy |
Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here: https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
branches: 1.162.2; Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.162 |
|
09-Jan-2018 |
christos |
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi XXX: Does not work yet
|
#
1.161 |
|
29-Dec-2017 |
is |
Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd for IPv4 when tested.
|
Revision tags: matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
branches: 1.156.2; add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.160 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
christos |
sort completely
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.159 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.
XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...
|
#
1.158 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@
XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !
|
#
1.157 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette |
Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every system.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.156 |
|
07-Jan-2017 |
christos |
add nsd npfd
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
branches: 1.153.2; PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.155 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
maya |
Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.
|
#
1.154 |
|
27-Dec-2016 |
christos |
Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
30-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
19-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
26-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
16-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
14-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
12-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
26-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
30-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
02-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
25-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
18-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
01-Feb-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
09-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
16-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
20-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
16-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
27-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
15-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
12-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
02-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
05-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
08-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
04-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
18-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
05-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
29-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
10-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
03-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
18-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
20-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
31-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
04-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
11-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
21-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
19-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
|
#
1.153 |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
christos |
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because of deferred name resolution. XXX: pullup -7
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
29-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
18-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
Revision tags: agc-symver-base
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
|
#
1.142 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
07-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
|
#
1.135 |
|
01-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
06-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
|
#
1.128 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
|
#
1.126 |
|
15-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
11-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
|
#
1.118 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
13-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.107 |
|
11-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
29-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
22-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
01-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
24-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
17-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
31-Jan-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
14-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
08-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
17-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
|
#
1.67 |
|
19-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
15-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
02-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
26-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
21-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
24-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
14-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
14-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
11-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
05-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
04-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
07-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
03-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
17-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
28-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
09-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
02-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
17-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
19-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
30-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
03-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
10-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
|
#
1.3 |
|
20-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
|
#
1.1 |
|
18-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.152 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill |
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
#
1.151 |
|
21-Feb-2015 |
joerg |
Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
#
1.150 |
|
29-Dec-2014 |
uebayasi |
Add entries, sort, etc.
|
#
1.149 |
|
20-Sep-2014 |
roy |
More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen. Fixes PR misc/49228.
|
#
1.148 |
|
05-Aug-2014 |
dholland |
branches: 1.148.2; Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@; part of PR 49031.
|
#
1.147 |
|
18-May-2014 |
uebayasi |
Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).
|
#
1.146 |
|
09-Jul-2013 |
roy |
branches: 1.146.4; Add _rtadvd user and group. Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user. Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket. When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself. Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
#
1.145 |
|
16-May-2013 |
yamt |
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
#
1.144 |
|
11-Mar-2013 |
christos |
fix typo, from Henning Petersen
|
#
1.143 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
christos |
PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special
|
#
1.142 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
kefren |
branches: 1.142.2; add ldpd rc.d script here too
|
#
1.141 |
|
17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui |
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
#
1.140 |
|
07-Dec-2011 |
taca |
According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.
It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.
|
#
1.139 |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
tls |
Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
#
1.138 |
|
27-May-2011 |
plunky |
branches: 1.138.4; provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is still possible.
|
#
1.137 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
martin |
Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc
|
#
1.136 |
|
11-Apr-2011 |
martin |
When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols into the chroot area. Fixes PR bin/44721.
|
#
1.135 |
|
01-Feb-2011 |
rmind |
NPF checkpoint: - Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc). - Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8). - Add rc.d script for NPF. - Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive. Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it. - Add more documentation. - Various fixes.
|
#
1.134 |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
jruoho |
branches: 1.134.2; Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.
|
#
1.133 |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
christos |
Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.132 |
|
06-Jun-2010 |
jruoho |
Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
#
1.131 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna |
Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
#
1.130 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
tron |
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.129 |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer |
Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO. Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable "gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
#
1.128 |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
joerg |
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and check the remaining file systems after that. This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev. Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
#
1.127 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
taca |
branches: 1.127.2; Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.
|
#
1.126 |
|
15-Jan-2009 |
haad |
Add lvm script to the lists.
|
#
1.125 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
apb |
Add rndctl
|
#
1.124 |
|
20-Dec-2008 |
isaki |
x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@. - Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it. - Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer. Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl. - POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
#
1.123 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
mishka |
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.122 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
ad |
Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
#
1.121 |
|
20-Jun-2008 |
peter |
branches: 1.121.2; Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.
Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.
|
#
1.120 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
merge yamt-pf42 branch. (import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
#
1.119 |
|
24-May-2008 |
joerg |
Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
#
1.118 |
|
29-Apr-2008 |
ad |
branches: 1.118.2; Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.
|
#
1.117 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
plunky |
branches: 1.117.2; some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)), which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
#
1.116 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6; Add example hotkey_button script
|
#
1.115 |
|
14-Jul-2007 |
ad |
branches: 1.115.4; fixsb has done its job.
|
#
1.114 |
|
02-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on indicator sensors.
Update powerd(8).
|
#
1.113 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
#
1.112 |
|
01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme |
Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features: (Part 4: documentation and configuration files)
* Support for detachable sensors. * Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency. * Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8). * Adapted all the code to the new locking order. * Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported. * Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event size restriction anymore. * Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40. * All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.
Tested by:
blymn: smsc(4). bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4). kefren: ug(4). njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c. riz: owtemp(4). xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).
|
#
1.111 |
|
10-May-2007 |
christos |
Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
#
1.110 |
|
20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara |
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
#
1.109 |
|
04-Feb-2007 |
elad |
Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
#
1.108 |
|
13-Dec-2006 |
reed |
Remove comment about "hand-crafted".
Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put custom specs instead, and point to manual page.
|
#
1.107 |
|
11-Nov-2006 |
christos |
goodbye uucp
|
#
1.106 |
|
06-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo |
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script. By Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.105 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill |
Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.
|
#
1.104 |
|
25-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.
|
#
1.103 |
|
24-Sep-2006 |
snj |
Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach, moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).
From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.
|
#
1.102 |
|
23-Sep-2006 |
elad |
PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!
|
#
1.101 |
|
10-Sep-2006 |
plunky |
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Aug-2006 |
plunky |
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
#
1.99 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
branches: 1.99.2; Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
#
1.98 |
|
26-Jul-2006 |
tron |
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert: Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3) as this is no longer required.
|
#
1.97 |
|
19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore |
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@, NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
#
1.96 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).
|
#
1.95 |
|
09-Jun-2006 |
tron |
Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu in PR misc/33658
|
#
1.94 |
|
29-May-2006 |
christos |
Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
#
1.93 |
|
27-Mar-2006 |
ghen |
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.92 |
|
23-Mar-2006 |
wiz |
Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.
|
#
1.91 |
|
11-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.
|
#
1.90 |
|
08-Feb-2006 |
agc |
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
#
1.89 |
|
23-Aug-2005 |
peter |
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.88 |
|
27-Jun-2005 |
peter |
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.87 |
|
22-May-2005 |
lukem |
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.86 |
|
11-May-2005 |
peter |
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.85 |
|
01-May-2005 |
lukem |
Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*
|
#
1.84 |
|
17-Apr-2005 |
lukem |
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.83 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
jwise |
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
#
1.82 |
|
04-Mar-2005 |
christos |
branches: 1.82.2; PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx
|
#
1.81 |
|
24-Nov-2004 |
perry |
add ./var/chroot and subdirectories
|
#
1.80 |
|
17-Apr-2004 |
dbj |
enable rc.d fixsb script initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it will not cause irrevocable damage
|
#
1.79 |
|
06-Feb-2004 |
itohy |
branches: 1.79.2; Add /etc/locate.conf
|
#
1.78 |
|
31-Jan-2004 |
christos |
add identd
|
#
1.77 |
|
14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv |
Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
#
1.76 |
|
13-May-2003 |
ragge |
Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.
|
#
1.75 |
|
08-May-2003 |
lukem |
etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.
|
#
1.74 |
|
30-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
etc/powerd/** is optional
|
#
1.73 |
|
20-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add a reset_button script.
|
#
1.72 |
|
17-Apr-2003 |
thorpej |
Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.
|
#
1.71 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
cjs |
Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.
|
#
1.70 |
|
15-Apr-2003 |
lukem |
remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries
|
#
1.69 |
|
24-Mar-2003 |
atatat |
Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.
|
#
1.68 |
|
08-Jan-2003 |
perry |
it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root
|
#
1.67 |
|
19-Dec-2002 |
lukem |
Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.
(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)
|
#
1.66 |
|
09-Oct-2002 |
elric |
Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and mtree files.
|
#
1.65 |
|
15-Sep-2002 |
perry |
add wtmpx
|
#
1.64 |
|
03-Sep-2002 |
abs |
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.63 |
|
02-Sep-2002 |
wiz |
Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.
|
#
1.62 |
|
26-Aug-2002 |
cjs |
Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)
|
#
1.61 |
|
30-Jul-2002 |
lukem |
add wdogctl
|
#
1.60 |
|
06-Jul-2002 |
tron |
Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".
|
#
1.59 |
|
03-Jul-2002 |
yamt |
add wsmoused
|
#
1.58 |
|
02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill |
Add mixerctl rc.d script.
|
#
1.57 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
branches: 1.57.2; Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of "/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf") for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
#
1.56 |
|
29-Apr-2002 |
lukem |
add (optional) etc/postinstall
|
#
1.55 |
|
27-Mar-2002 |
lukem |
etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.
|
#
1.54 |
|
22-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
move ssh config file to /etc/ssh
|
#
1.53 |
|
21-Mar-2002 |
itojun |
add postfix config files. PR15659
|
#
1.52 |
|
23-Feb-2002 |
wiz |
Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.
|
#
1.51 |
|
19-Feb-2002 |
veego |
Add ./etc/ipf6.conf
|
#
1.50 |
|
03-Feb-2002 |
veego |
etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING
|
#
1.49 |
|
14-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.
|
#
1.48 |
|
14-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
monitor etc/changelist again
|
#
1.47 |
|
11-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.
Features: - Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of /etc/changelist: - files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are tagged with "nomail" - files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude" (such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...) - monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/* - remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments - use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to actually do the changelist stuff on. - support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced /etc/changelist) - Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/* including support for these files being added and removed at will. - If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels - Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts
Details: - Reorder initialisation of defaults - Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs" with general case for other similar files. - Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...) in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes. - Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path' mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately. - Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up and diff-ing files. - Cleanup use of shell redirects - /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it. - Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math
|
#
1.46 |
|
04-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths. Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel". This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it far more maintainable. The differences are: lines words bytes filename 342 1633 16272 special-relative 295 998 11971 special-absolute
|
#
1.45 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add /etc/defaults/*.conf
|
#
1.44 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source directories. requested in [bin/13818]
|
#
1.43 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]
|
#
1.42 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
rc.local is technically an optional file...
|
#
1.41 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}
|
#
1.40 |
|
01-Oct-2001 |
lukem |
add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist: Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local - add required stuff from changelist: etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf var/cron/tabs/root var/yp/Makefile sort mail/ into its proper place add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Jun-2001 |
veego |
Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.
|
#
1.38 |
|
28-May-2001 |
kleink |
Look after /etc/primes.
|
#
1.37 |
|
06-May-2001 |
wiz |
Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).
|
#
1.36 |
|
21-Apr-2001 |
atatat |
The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.
|
#
1.35 |
|
29-Jan-2001 |
itojun |
remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.
|
#
1.34 |
|
25-Jan-2001 |
perry |
/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it
|
#
1.33 |
|
04-Sep-2000 |
enami |
Add an entry for optional dumpdates.
|
#
1.32 |
|
21-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
remove rc.wscons
|
#
1.31 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with /etc/mail content. NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
#
1.30 |
|
13-May-2000 |
lukem |
branches: 1.30.4; remove netstart
|
#
1.29 |
|
07-May-2000 |
itojun |
make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again. roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.
|
#
1.28 |
|
03-May-2000 |
itojun |
sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>
|
#
1.27 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.
|
#
1.26 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)
|
#
1.25 |
|
10-Mar-2000 |
windsor |
create /etc/ppp when building install sets add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)
|
#
1.24 |
|
23-Jun-1999 |
frueauf |
we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.
|
#
1.23 |
|
17-Jun-1999 |
simonb |
Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and /usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files are shipped in a distribution.
From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Mar-1999 |
abs |
branches: 1.22.2; /var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777. From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>
|
#
1.21 |
|
28-Jan-1999 |
cjs |
Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.
|
#
1.20 |
|
29-Oct-1998 |
bad |
A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf (default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).
|
#
1.19 |
|
28-Oct-1998 |
mycroft |
Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.
|
#
1.18 |
|
09-Jan-1998 |
perry |
get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro
|
#
1.17 |
|
02-Jan-1998 |
perry |
/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775
|
#
1.16 |
|
17-Dec-1997 |
mikel |
make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658
|
#
1.15 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mrg |
make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.
|
#
1.14 |
|
20-Oct-1997 |
fair |
branches: 1.14.2; fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.
|
#
1.13 |
|
19-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048
|
#
1.12 |
|
10-Sep-1997 |
mikel |
add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr, rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional). remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem
|
#
1.11 |
|
30-Jul-1997 |
perry |
make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen
|
#
1.10 |
|
21-Jun-1997 |
mikel |
add /etc/profile
|
#
1.9 |
|
25-Apr-1997 |
mikel |
/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755, /var/at is owned by root.wheel.
|
#
1.8 |
|
26-Mar-1997 |
mikel |
/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable. use four digits for all of the modes.
|
#
1.7 |
|
11-Jan-1997 |
mikel |
update to match reality; PR misc/1075. also added new files in /etc.
|
#
1.6 |
|
03-Dec-1996 |
lukem |
AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure (in line with other systems)
|
#
1.5 |
|
10-Nov-1996 |
mikel |
Update name of KVM database.
|
#
1.4 |
|
08-May-1996 |
pk |
A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).
|
#
1.3 |
|
20-Apr-1995 |
cgd |
/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set. (from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)
|
#
1.2 |
|
01-Feb-1995 |
jtc |
kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db
|
#
1.1 |
|
18-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
branches: 1.1.1; update to Lite
|
#
1.1.1.1 |
|
18-Jun-1994 |
cgd |
Lite
|
#
1.14.2.2 |
|
22-Dec-1997 |
perry |
pull up from trunk (mikel)
|
#
1.14.2.1 |
|
19-Nov-1997 |
mellon |
Pull rev 1.15 up from trunk (mrg)
|
#
1.22.2.1 |
|
28-Aug-1999 |
he |
Pull up revisions 1.23-1.24: Change to match the permissions set on install, and fix for nonexistent group name. (is)
|
#
1.30.4.8 |
|
24-Mar-2002 |
he |
Apply patch (requested by itojun): Check the postfix files for changes. Fixes PR#15659.
|
#
1.30.4.7 |
|
26-Feb-2002 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.52 (via patch, requested by he): Mark /etc/mk.conf optional, fixing PR#15572.
|
#
1.30.4.6 |
|
23-Feb-2002 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by he): Change /etc/primes to /etc/moduli, which we now ship instead. Fixes part of PR#15572.
|
#
1.30.4.5 |
|
25-Jun-2001 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.35 (requested by he): Remove entry for sendmail-IPv4only.cf.
|
#
1.30.4.4 |
|
28-May-2001 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.38 (requested by kleink): Install /etc/primes, which is required for Diffie-Hellman Group Exchange operation.
|
#
1.30.4.3 |
|
27-Apr-2001 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.36 (requested by he): /etc/dhclient-script moved to /sbin/dhclient-script.
|
#
1.30.4.2 |
|
23-Aug-2000 |
lukem |
pull up rev 1.32: move guts of etc/rc.wscons -> etc/rc.d/wscons approved: thorpej
|
#
1.30.4.1 |
|
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
pullup 1.30 -> 1.31 (approved by releng-1-5)
> synchronize with /etc/mail content. > NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.
|
#
1.57.2.1 |
|
30-Nov-2002 |
he |
Pull up revision 1.64 (requested by abs in ticket #772): Split raidframe parity checking/rebuilding out into raidframeparity, which is called after quota, so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever after a crash/reboot. While here, check for raid[0-9].conf and raid[1-9][0-9].conf and not raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
#
1.79.2.1 |
|
27-Apr-2004 |
jdc |
Pull up revision 1.80 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)
Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be experienced by -current users from 2003.
|
#
1.82.2.7 |
|
28-Mar-2006 |
riz |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1226): etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.74 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.93 share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.99 Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.
|
#
1.82.2.6 |
|
07-Oct-2005 |
tron |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by lukem in ticket #871): etc/mtree/special: revision 1.87 etc/Makefile: revision 1.313 Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}. Rest of PR 18670.
|
#
1.82.2.5 |
|
02-Sep-2005 |
tron |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717): usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/pf.boot.conf.5: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.4 etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.6 etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/pf/Makefile: revision 1.7 etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.52 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.89 usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.5 usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/Makefile: revision 1.1 pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0"). This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network. Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi: Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot script before starting the network. People who don't like the default rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf. The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD. No objections on: tech-security
|
#
1.82.2.4 |
|
02-Jul-2005 |
tron |
Pull up revision 1.88 (requested by peter in ticket #518): Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf, and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix. A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon. Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.
|
#
1.82.2.3 |
|
11-May-2005 |
tron |
Pull up revision 1.86 (requested by peter in ticket #290): PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default
|
#
1.82.2.2 |
|
20-Apr-2005 |
tron |
Pull up revision 1.84 (requested by lukem in ticket #168): Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
#
1.82.2.1 |
|
12-Apr-2005 |
tron |
Pull up revision 1.83 (requested by jwise in ticket #138): /var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.
|
#
1.99.2.2 |
|
14-Sep-2006 |
riz |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #161): sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.4 distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.922 usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.25 sys/netbt/hci_unit.c: revision 1.3 sys/netbt/hci_ioctl.c: revision 1.4 usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.2 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.2 share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.405 distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.930 distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.176 usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.3 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.3 etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.62 distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.650 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.2 usr.bin/sdpquery/sdpquery.1: revision 1.4 sys/netbt/rfcomm_session.c: revision 1.2 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.3 usr.bin/sdpquery/search.c: revision 1.2 usr.sbin/sdpd/Makefile: revision 1.2 sys/dev/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3 usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: file removal sys/netbt/files.netbt: revision 1.4 usr.sbin/btdevctl/sdp.c: revision 1.1 sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.3 etc/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3 sys/dev/pcmcia/files.pcmcia: revision 1.51 sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.4 sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.h: revision 1.3 usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: file removal sys/dev/bluetooth/files.bluetooth: revision 1.10 sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.777 share/man/man4/ubt.4: revision 1.6 share/man/man4/bthub.4: revision 1.3 sys/netbt/hci.h: revision 1.5 sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.202 lib/libsdp/sdp.h: revision 1.2 usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.1 share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.5 share/man/man4/btdev.4: file removal usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.2 sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.205 usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.2 sys/dev/usb/files.usb: revision 1.70 sys/netbt/l2cap_signal.c: revision 1.2 sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.4 sys/dev/bluetooth/bthub.c: revision 1.3 share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.5 sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.5 share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.4 sys/dev/bluetooth/btkbd.c: revision 1.3 sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: file removal sys/netbt/hci_event.c: revision 1.2 sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.h: revision 1.2 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.101 sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.3 sys/conf/majors: revision 1.27 usr.sbin/sdpd/hf.c: revision 1.1 sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.4 share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.107 sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: revision 1.2 etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.2 usr.sbin/btdevctl/db.c: revision 1.1 etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.3 etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: file removal sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.781 sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.3 Make btdev default count explicit Fix typo in variable name update to bluetooth device attachment: remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here. btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf also include service name in dictionary being sent to kernel. (this is not used just yet, but it might be in the future and it will be easier if we dont have to provide code to handle its absence) clarify the CAVEAT section somewhat Add service discovery support for the Handsfree profile Replace static 'FreeBSD' string with operating system name gleaned from uname(3) Halt the callout on detach btsco.c: - sco_getopt(..., SO_SCO_MTU, ...) expects the address of a uint16_t, not an int. So change sc_mtu's type to uint16_t. - Try a little harder to ensure btsco_round_blocksize() does not return zero. Prevents a subsequent panic in audio_init_ringbuffer(). from scw@ Endian issues: hci_event.c: - Convert memo->response.clock_offset to host-endian. hci_ioctl.c: - printf format tweak (size_t) hci_link.c: - Convert memo->response.clock_offset from host-endian. - Tweak a DIAGNOSTIC message. l2cap_signal.c: - In l2cap_recv_config_req(), rp->scid is little-endian so make sure we convert from host-endian. from scw@ hci_link.c: - In hci_link_free(), do not unlink items from a LIST queue within a LIST_FOREACH() iterator. rfcomm_session.c: - In rfcomm_session_recv_mcc_nsc(), do not unlink items from a LIST queue within a LIST_FOREACH() iterator. from scw@ guard against a possible situation where the list of l2cap channels is changed when the bluetooth code is not expecting it to be. During a disconnect, we can detach the channel that is being disconnected, but its not really safe to detach any others. Print explicit 64-bit types using the format macros from int_fmtio.h. Unbreaks the build for our LP64 ports, where "long long" typically is not 64 bits.
|
#
1.99.2.1 |
|
07-Sep-2006 |
tron |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #81): usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.23 distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.919 distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.174 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/Makefile: revision 1.217 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.1 etc/rc.d/btcontrol: file removal distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.910 etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.61 usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: revision 1.1 share/man/man4/btkbd.4: revision 1.2 share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.4 usr.sbin/btcontrol/hid.c: file removal usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.1 share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.3 distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.644 share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.3 share/man/man4/btms.4: revision 1.2 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.100 share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.105 usr.sbin/btcontrol/cfg.c: file removal etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.1 etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.80 usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.h: file removal usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.8: file removal usr.sbin/btcontrol/dev.c: file removal usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.c: file removal usr.sbin/btcontrol/Makefile: file removal rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
#
1.115.4.1 |
|
08-Jan-2008 |
matt |
sync with HEAD
|
#
1.116.6.3 |
|
17-Jan-2009 |
mjf |
Sync with HEAD.
|
#
1.116.6.2 |
|
29-Jun-2008 |
mjf |
Sync with HEAD.
|
#
1.116.6.1 |
|
02-Jun-2008 |
mjf |
Sync with HEAD.
|
#
1.116.2.2 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
Add example hotkey_button script
|
#
1.116.2.1 |
|
22-Dec-2007 |
jmcneill |
file special was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-22 19:04:11 +0000
|
#
1.117.2.4 |
|
14-Jun-2008 |
peter |
add ftp proxy rc.d script.
|
#
1.117.2.3 |
|
03-Jun-2008 |
yamt |
sync with head
|
#
1.117.2.2 |
|
25-May-2008 |
peter |
Add chroot directories for ftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.
|
#
1.117.2.1 |
|
18-May-2008 |
yamt |
sync with head.
|
#
1.118.2.1 |
|
22-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden |
Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
#
1.121.2.5 |
|
16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528): etc/named.conf: revision 1.6 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133 Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.121.2.4 |
|
08-Dec-2010 |
riz |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1494): etc/mtree/special: revision 1.132 Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.
|
#
1.121.2.3 |
|
17-Sep-2009 |
snj |
branches: 1.121.2.3.2; Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1012): etc/mtree/special: revision 1.130 Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.
|
#
1.121.2.2 |
|
05-Feb-2009 |
snj |
branches: 1.121.2.2.2; 1.121.2.2.4; Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #406): etc/mtree/special: revision 1.125 Add rndctl
|
#
1.121.2.1 |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
snj |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rafal in ticket #297): distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.203 doc/CHANGES: revision 1.1151 via patch etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.97 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.123 etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.71 etc/rc.d/httpd: revision 1.1 share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.123 usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.80 Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control. See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
#
1.121.2.3.2.1 |
|
16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528): etc/named.conf: revision 1.6 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133 Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.121.2.2.4.1 |
|
20-Apr-2010 |
matt |
sync to netbsd-5
|
#
1.121.2.2.2.1 |
|
16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528): etc/named.conf: revision 1.6 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133 Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind Add directory for bind's managed keys.
|
#
1.127.2.1 |
|
13-May-2009 |
jym |
Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
#
1.134.2.1 |
|
08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer |
Sync with HEAD
|
#
1.138.4.3 |
|
22-May-2014 |
yamt |
sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
#
1.138.4.2 |
|
30-Oct-2012 |
yamt |
sync with head
|
#
1.138.4.1 |
|
16-Apr-2012 |
yamt |
sync with head
|
#
1.142.2.2 |
|
19-Aug-2014 |
tls |
Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
#
1.142.2.1 |
|
23-Jun-2013 |
tls |
resync from head
|
#
1.146.4.1 |
|
10-Aug-2014 |
tls |
Rebase.
|
#
1.148.2.1 |
|
26-Mar-2015 |
martin |
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #635): etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.92 distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1497 share/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.71 etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.132 etc/rc.d/modules: revision 1.1 usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.190 distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.236 etc/mtree/special: revision 1.152 share/man/man5/modules.conf.5: revision 1.1 Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|